<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=ESiegel</id>
	<title>art-decor.org - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=ESiegel"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/ESiegel"/>
	<updated>2026-05-20T04:35:53Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.31.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6830</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6830"/>
		<updated>2018-10-29T07:42:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Function comments */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Copyright statement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to legal stuff, every module and script  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;must&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; start with  copyright info. Put this directly below the starting descriptive comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (: &lt;br /&gt;
  Copyright © ART-DECOR Expert Group and ART-DECOR Open Tools&lt;br /&gt;
  See https://art-decor.org/mediawiki/index.php?title=Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the&lt;br /&gt;
  GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version&lt;br /&gt;
  2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;&lt;br /&gt;
  without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.&lt;br /&gt;
  See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  The full text of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* You&amp;#039;re allowed to use &amp;lt; and &amp;gt; within the comments, so you can write element names with angle brackets&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 xquery version &amp;quot;3.0&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Module for handling templates in ART-DECOR.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  A template is a ... that ... and ... etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A function comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Return zero or more templates as-is wrapped in a &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element, and subsequently &lt;br /&gt;
  inside one or more &amp;lt;template&amp;gt; elements for&lt;br /&gt;
  server local repositories that aren&amp;#039;t private and either refer to or define the requested &lt;br /&gt;
  template(s). &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
  @param $id Identifier of the template to retrieve&lt;br /&gt;
  @param $flexibility () gets all versions, yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss gets this specific version, ...&lt;br /&gt;
  @return Matching templates in &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
 declare function templ:getTemplateById (&lt;br /&gt;
   $id as xs:string, &lt;br /&gt;
   $flexibility as xs:string?&lt;br /&gt;
 ) as element(return) &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    ...&lt;br /&gt;
 };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_testing&amp;diff=6798</id>
		<title>EXist-db testing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_testing&amp;diff=6798"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T12:34:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Testing function libraries */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page will explore how to add (autmated) tests to the XQuery code of art-decor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background information ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing an eXist XQuery application like art-decor can (and probably must) be done on two levels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Testing function libraries (XQuery modules): the inside of the application&lt;br /&gt;
# Testing XQuery scripts: The outside, the interface of, the application&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General notes  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Testing of any kind is done best using some kind of testing framework: An application in which you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the tests (usually in some XML dialect), run them and finally generates a report.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can, in the absence of a framework, of course write out the tests in XQuery, but... who&amp;#039;ll test the test? And you&amp;#039;ll need some central functionality around for stuff like reporting. So usually this  approach ends up being a framework after all.&lt;br /&gt;
* In an elaborate  system, like art-decor, simple tests are not enough. You&amp;#039;ll have to do things like, for instance, setting up a some art-decor reference project, because what comes out of functions and scripts depends on the state of the database. A test framework should be able to set this up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparing a result when its XML is not trivial. To be complete, a test framework must be able to compare a piece of XML with one or more of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
** A literal piece of XML&lt;br /&gt;
** An XML Schema (or RelaxNG schema)&lt;br /&gt;
** A Schematron schema&lt;br /&gt;
** Some XPath expressions &lt;br /&gt;
* But whatever you decide to use, test suits are software as well and take effort to create &amp;#039;&amp;#039;and&amp;#039;&amp;#039; maintain! Don&amp;#039;t underestimate this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Testing function libraries ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing function libraries means calling the functions with several different inputs and compare the output. Some properties of this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In- and output parameters can be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;any&amp;#039;&amp;#039; data type. This includes, besides the usual atomic types like strings and numbers:  sequences, elements, attributes, documents, maps, arrays, etc. Art-decor uses at least elements.&lt;br /&gt;
* eXist has a native test suite called XQSuite, but its utterly incomplete and totally insufficient. See below.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no directly applicable test framework for eXist to the best of my knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
* A promising candidate is [https://github.com/xspec/xspec/wiki XSpec]. This is able to test XQuery modules (experimentally) but it runs outside eXist only, so no deal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Testing XQuery scripts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although not completely the same, testing XQuery scripts for art-decor comes down to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface testing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Firing REST calls at the database and checking the returned result. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are several REST test tools, like [https://www.soapui.org/ SoapUI] and [https://www.getpostman.com/ Postman]. &lt;br /&gt;
* SoapUI seems the most promising one because it offers the most XML testing functionality (XPath and schema).&lt;br /&gt;
** It has free version which might be sufficient (we can tell only by doing it in practice). The non-free version costs ~€600/year.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is not much enthusiasm within Nictiz for adding yet another tool to the toolchain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why the eXist-db XQSuite is unsuitable ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eXist offers a standard testing framework for testing XQuery function modules, [http://exist-db.org/exist/apps/doc/xqsuite.xml XQSuite]. It seems however totally unsuitable for anything but simple testing scenarios. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XQSuite works by adding annotations to the function declaration, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  declare &lt;br /&gt;
    %test:arg(&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, 3) %test:assertEquals(27)&lt;br /&gt;
    %test:arg(&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, 4) %test:assertEquals(64)&lt;br /&gt;
  function tt:testthis(&lt;br /&gt;
    $a as xs:integer&lt;br /&gt;
  ) as xs:integer&lt;br /&gt;
  {&lt;br /&gt;
    $a * $a * $a&lt;br /&gt;
  };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XQsuite doesn&amp;#039;t fit the bill because:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; support passing parameters other than atomic types (strings, integers, etc.). You can&amp;#039;t pass elements, attributes or documents as function parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* The same is true for the function&amp;#039;s result type. You can&amp;#039;t test it when it&amp;#039;s not an atomic type.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&amp;#039;t add any documentations or annotations to a test or a bunch of tests. This means that when you get an error you have to search the tests where it came from and infer from that what&amp;#039;s wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&amp;#039;t use other functions, variables, etc. in setting up the test or testing the result. Everything passed in and tested against must be literal.&lt;br /&gt;
* When your function is more than trivial (and most are) the list of test annotations will be rather long and clutter the code&lt;br /&gt;
* According to the documentation you can do a test setup and tear-down, but I couldn&amp;#039;t get that working. Anyway, that will only work for testing a single function. But what if you want to do an extensive time-consuming setup/tear-down (e.g. setting up a reference art-decor-project) once for a whole group of tests?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_testing&amp;diff=6797</id>
		<title>EXist-db testing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_testing&amp;diff=6797"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T12:33:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Background information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page will explore how to add (autmated) tests to the XQuery code of art-decor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background information ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing an eXist XQuery application like art-decor can (and probably must) be done on two levels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Testing function libraries (XQuery modules): the inside of the application&lt;br /&gt;
# Testing XQuery scripts: The outside, the interface of, the application&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General notes  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Testing of any kind is done best using some kind of testing framework: An application in which you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the tests (usually in some XML dialect), run them and finally generates a report.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can, in the absence of a framework, of course write out the tests in XQuery, but... who&amp;#039;ll test the test? And you&amp;#039;ll need some central functionality around for stuff like reporting. So usually this  approach ends up being a framework after all.&lt;br /&gt;
* In an elaborate  system, like art-decor, simple tests are not enough. You&amp;#039;ll have to do things like, for instance, setting up a some art-decor reference project, because what comes out of functions and scripts depends on the state of the database. A test framework should be able to set this up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparing a result when its XML is not trivial. To be complete, a test framework must be able to compare a piece of XML with one or more of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
** A literal piece of XML&lt;br /&gt;
** An XML Schema (or RelaxNG schema)&lt;br /&gt;
** A Schematron schema&lt;br /&gt;
** Some XPath expressions &lt;br /&gt;
* But whatever you decide to use, test suits are software as well and take effort to create &amp;#039;&amp;#039;and&amp;#039;&amp;#039; maintain! Don&amp;#039;t underestimate this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Testing function libraries ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing function libraries means calling the functions with several different inputs and compare the output. Some properties of this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In- and output parameters can be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;any&amp;#039;&amp;#039; data type. This includes, besides the usual atomic types like strings and numbers,  sequences, elements, attributes, documents, maps, arrays, etc. art-decor uses at least elements.&lt;br /&gt;
* eXist has a native test suite called XQSuite, but its utterly incomplete and totally insufficient. See below.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no directly applicable test framework for eXist to the best of my knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
* A promising candidate is [https://github.com/xspec/xspec/wiki XSpec]. This is able to test XQuery modules (experimentally) but it runs outside eXist only, so no deal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Testing XQuery scripts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although not completely the same, testing XQuery scripts for art-decor comes down to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;interface testing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: Firing REST calls at the database and checking the returned result. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* There are several REST test tools, like [https://www.soapui.org/ SoapUI] and [https://www.getpostman.com/ Postman]. &lt;br /&gt;
* SoapUI seems the most promising one because it offers the most XML testing functionality (XPath and schema).&lt;br /&gt;
** It has free version which might be sufficient (we can tell only by doing it in practice). The non-free version costs ~€600/year.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is not much enthusiasm within Nictiz for adding yet another tool to the toolchain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Why the eXist-db XQSuite is unsuitable ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eXist offers a standard testing framework for testing XQuery function modules, [http://exist-db.org/exist/apps/doc/xqsuite.xml XQSuite]. It seems however totally unsuitable for anything but simple testing scenarios. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XQSuite works by adding annotations to the function declaration, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  declare &lt;br /&gt;
    %test:arg(&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, 3) %test:assertEquals(27)&lt;br /&gt;
    %test:arg(&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, 4) %test:assertEquals(64)&lt;br /&gt;
  function tt:testthis(&lt;br /&gt;
    $a as xs:integer&lt;br /&gt;
  ) as xs:integer&lt;br /&gt;
  {&lt;br /&gt;
    $a * $a * $a&lt;br /&gt;
  };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XQsuite doesn&amp;#039;t fit the bill because:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; support passing parameters other than atomic types (strings, integers, etc.). You can&amp;#039;t pass elements, attributes or documents as function parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* The same is true for the function&amp;#039;s result type. You can&amp;#039;t test it when it&amp;#039;s not an atomic type.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&amp;#039;t add any documentations or annotations to a test or a bunch of tests. This means that when you get an error you have to search the tests where it came from and infer from that what&amp;#039;s wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&amp;#039;t use other functions, variables, etc. in setting up the test or testing the result. Everything passed in and tested against must be literal.&lt;br /&gt;
* When your function is more than trivial (and most are) the list of test annotations will be rather long and clutter the code&lt;br /&gt;
* According to the documentation you can do a test setup and tear-down, but I couldn&amp;#039;t get that working. Anyway, that will only work for testing a single function. But what if you want to do an extensive time-consuming setup/tear-down (e.g. setting up a reference art-decor-project) once for a whole group of tests?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_testing&amp;diff=6796</id>
		<title>EXist-db testing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_testing&amp;diff=6796"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T11:59:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Background information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page will explore how to add (autmated) tests to the XQuery code of art-decor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background information ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing an eXist XQuery application like art-decor can (and probably must) be done on two levels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Testing function libraries (XQuery modules): the inside of the application&lt;br /&gt;
# Testing XQuery scripts: The outside, the interface of, the application&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General notes  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Testing of any kind is done best using some kind of testing framework: An application in which you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the tests (usually in some XML dialect), run them and finally generates a report.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can, in the absence of a framework, of course write out the tests in XQuery, but... who&amp;#039;ll test the test? And you&amp;#039;ll need some central functionality around for stuff like reporting. So usually this  approach ends up being a framework after all.&lt;br /&gt;
* In an elaborate  system, like art-decor, simple tests are not enough. You&amp;#039;ll have to do things like, for instance, setting up a some art-decor reference project, because what comes out of functions and scripts depends on the state of the database. A test framework should be able to set this up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparing a result when its XML is not trivial. To be complete, a test framework must be able to compare a piece of XML with one or more of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
** A literal piece of XML&lt;br /&gt;
** An XML Schema (or RelaxNG schema)&lt;br /&gt;
** A Schematron schema&lt;br /&gt;
** Some XPath expressions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Testing function libraries ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing function libraries means calling the functions with several different inputs and compare the output. Some properties of this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In- and output parameters can be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;any&amp;#039;&amp;#039; data type. This includes, besides the usual atomic types like strings and numbers,  sequences, elements, attributes, documents, maps, arrays, etc. art-decor uses at least elements.&lt;br /&gt;
* eXist has a native test suite called XQSuite, but its utterly incomplete and totally insufficient. See below.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no directly applicable test framework for eXist to the best of my knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
* A promising candidate is [https://github.com/xspec/xspec/wiki XSpec]. This is able to test XQuery modules (experimentally) but it runs outside eXist only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Why the eXist-db XQSuite is unsuitable ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eXist offers a standard testing framework for testing XQuery function modules, [http://exist-db.org/exist/apps/doc/xqsuite.xml XQSuite]. It seems however totally unsuitable for anything but simple testing scenarios. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XQSuite works by adding annotations to the function declaration, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  declare &lt;br /&gt;
    %test:arg(&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, 3) %test:assertEquals(27)&lt;br /&gt;
    %test:arg(&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, 4) %test:assertEquals(64)&lt;br /&gt;
  function tt:testthis(&lt;br /&gt;
    $a as xs:integer&lt;br /&gt;
  ) as xs:integer&lt;br /&gt;
  {&lt;br /&gt;
    $a * $a * $a&lt;br /&gt;
  };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XQsuite doesn&amp;#039;t fit the bill because:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; support passing parameters other than atomic types (strings, integers, etc.). You can&amp;#039;t pass elements, attributes or documents as function parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* The same is true for the function&amp;#039;s result type. You can&amp;#039;t test it when it&amp;#039;s not an atomic type.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&amp;#039;t add any documentations or annotations to a test or a bunch of tests. This means that when you get an error you have to search the tests where it came from and infer from that what&amp;#039;s wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&amp;#039;t use other functions, variables, etc. in setting up the test or testing the result. Everything passed in and tested against must be literal.&lt;br /&gt;
* When your function is more than trivial (and most are) the list of test annotations will be rather long and clutter the code&lt;br /&gt;
* According to the documentation you can do a test setup and tear-down, but I couldn&amp;#039;t get that working. Anyway, that will only work for testing a single function. But what if you want to do an extensive time-consuming setup/tear-down (e.g. setting up a reference art-decor-project) once for a whole group of tests?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_testing&amp;diff=6795</id>
		<title>EXist-db testing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_testing&amp;diff=6795"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T11:55:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Why the eXist-db XQSuite is unsuitable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page will explore how to add (autmated) tests to the XQuery code of art-decor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Background information ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing an eXist XQuery application like art-decor can (and probably must) be done on two levels:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Testing function libraries (XQuery modules): the inside of the application&lt;br /&gt;
# Testing XQuery scripts: The outside, the interface of, the application&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== General notes  ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Testing of any kind is done best using some kind of testing framework: An application in which you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the tests (usually in some XML dialect), run them and finally generates a report.&lt;br /&gt;
* In an elaborate  system, like art-decor, simple tests are not enough. You&amp;#039;ll have to do things like, for instance, setting up a some art-decor reference project, because what comes out of functions and scripts depends on the state of the database. A test framework should be able to set this up.&lt;br /&gt;
* Comparing a result when its XML is not trivial. To be complete, a test framework must be able to compare a piece of XML with one or more of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
** A literal piece of XML&lt;br /&gt;
** An XML Schema (or RelaxNG schema)&lt;br /&gt;
** A Schematron schema&lt;br /&gt;
** Some XPath expressions &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Testing function libraries ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Testing function libraries means calling the functions with several different inputs and compare the output. Some properties of this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In- and output parameters can be &amp;#039;&amp;#039;any&amp;#039;&amp;#039; data type. This includes, besides the usual atomic types like strings and numbers,  sequences, elements, attributes, documents, maps, arrays, etc. art-decor uses at least elements.&lt;br /&gt;
* eXist has a native test suite called XQSuite, but its utterly incomplete and totally insufficient. See below.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no directly applicable test framework for eXist to the best of my knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
* A promising candidate is [https://github.com/xspec/xspec/wiki XSpec]. This is able to test XQuery modules (experimentally) but it runs outside eXist only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Why the eXist-db XQSuite is unsuitable ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eXist offers a standard testing framework for testing XQuery function modules, [http://exist-db.org/exist/apps/doc/xqsuite.xml XQSuite]. It seems however totally unsuitable for anything but simple testing scenarios. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XQSuite works by adding annotations to the function declaration, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  declare &lt;br /&gt;
    %test:arg(&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, 3) %test:assertEquals(27)&lt;br /&gt;
    %test:arg(&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, 4) %test:assertEquals(64)&lt;br /&gt;
  function tt:testthis(&lt;br /&gt;
    $a as xs:integer&lt;br /&gt;
  ) as xs:integer&lt;br /&gt;
  {&lt;br /&gt;
    $a * $a * $a&lt;br /&gt;
  };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XQsuite doesn&amp;#039;t fit the bill because:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; support passing parameters other than atomic types (strings, integers, etc.). You can&amp;#039;t pass elements, attributes or documents as function parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* The same is true for the function&amp;#039;s result type. You can&amp;#039;t test it when it&amp;#039;s not an atomic type.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&amp;#039;t add any documentations or annotations to a test or a bunch of tests. This means that when you get an error you have to search the tests where it came from and infer from that what&amp;#039;s wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&amp;#039;t use other functions, variables, etc. in setting up the test or testing the result. Everything passed in and tested against must be literal.&lt;br /&gt;
* When your function is more than trivial (and most are) the list of test annotations will be rather long and clutter the code&lt;br /&gt;
* According to the documentation you can do a test setup and tear-down, but I couldn&amp;#039;t get that working. Anyway, that will only work for testing a single function. But what if you want to do an extensive time-consuming setup/tear-down (e.g. setting up a reference art-decor-project) once for a whole group of tests?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_testing&amp;diff=6794</id>
		<title>EXist-db testing</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_testing&amp;diff=6794"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T09:28:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page will explore how to add (autmated) tests to the XQuery code of art-decor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why the eXist-db XQSuite is unsuitable ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
eXist offers a standard testing framework for testing XQuery function modules, [http://exist-db.org/exist/apps/doc/xqsuite.xml XQSuite]. It seems however totally unsuitable for anything but simple testing scenarios. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XQSuite works by adding annotations to the function declaration, for example:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  declare &lt;br /&gt;
    %test:arg(&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, 3) %test:assertEquals(27)&lt;br /&gt;
    %test:arg(&amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, 4) %test:assertEquals(64)&lt;br /&gt;
  function tt:testthis(&lt;br /&gt;
    $a as xs:integer&lt;br /&gt;
  ) as xs:integer&lt;br /&gt;
  {&lt;br /&gt;
    $a * $a * $a&lt;br /&gt;
  };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
XQsuite doesn&amp;#039;t fit the bill because:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* It does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; support passing parameters other than atomic types (strings, integers, etc.). You can&amp;#039;t pass elements, attributes or documents as function parameters.&lt;br /&gt;
* The same is true for the function&amp;#039;s result type. You can&amp;#039;t test it when it&amp;#039;s not an atomic type.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&amp;#039;t add any documentations or annotations to a test or a bunch of tests. This means that when you get an error you have to search the tests where it came from and infer from that what&amp;#039;s wrong.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can&amp;#039;t use other functions, variables, etc. in setting up the test or testing the result. Everything passed in and tested against must be literal.&lt;br /&gt;
* When your function is more than trivial (and most are) the list of test annotations will be rather long and clutter the code&lt;br /&gt;
* According to the documentation you can do a test setup and tear-down, but I couldn&amp;#039;t get that working. Anyway, that will only work for testing a single function. But what if you want to do an extensive time-consuming setup/tear-down (e.g. setting up a reference art-decor-project) once for a whole group of tests?&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6793</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6793"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:32:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Header comments */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Copyright statement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to legal stuff, every module and script  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;must&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; start with  copyright info. Put this directly below the starting descriptive comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (: &lt;br /&gt;
  Copyright © ART-DECOR Expert Group and ART-DECOR Open Tools&lt;br /&gt;
  See https://art-decor.org/mediawiki/index.php?title=Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the&lt;br /&gt;
  GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version&lt;br /&gt;
  2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;&lt;br /&gt;
  without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.&lt;br /&gt;
  See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  The full text of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* You&amp;#039;re allowed to use &amp;lt; and &amp;gt; within the comments, so you can write element names with angle brackets&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 xquery version &amp;quot;3.0&amp;quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Module for handling templates in ART-DECOR.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  A template is a ... that ... and ... etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Return zero or more templates as-is wrapped in a &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element, and subsequently &lt;br /&gt;
  inside one or more &amp;lt;template&amp;gt; elements for&lt;br /&gt;
  server local repositories that aren&amp;#039;t private and either refer to or define the requested &lt;br /&gt;
  template(s). &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
  @param $id Identifier of the template to retrieve&lt;br /&gt;
  @param $flexibility () gets all versions, yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss gets this specific version, ...&lt;br /&gt;
  @return Matching templates in &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
 declare function templ:getTemplateById (&lt;br /&gt;
   $id as xs:string, &lt;br /&gt;
   $flexibility as xs:string?&lt;br /&gt;
 ) as element(return) &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    ...&lt;br /&gt;
 };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6792</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6792"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:31:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Copyright statement */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Copyright statement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to legal stuff, every module and script  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;must&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; start with  copyright info. Put this directly below the starting descriptive comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (: &lt;br /&gt;
  Copyright © ART-DECOR Expert Group and ART-DECOR Open Tools&lt;br /&gt;
  See https://art-decor.org/mediawiki/index.php?title=Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the&lt;br /&gt;
  GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version&lt;br /&gt;
  2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;&lt;br /&gt;
  without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.&lt;br /&gt;
  See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  The full text of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* You&amp;#039;re allowed to use &amp;lt; and &amp;gt; within the comments, so you can write element names with angle brackets&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Module for handling templates in ART-DECOR.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  A template is a ... that ... and ... etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Return zero or more templates as-is wrapped in a &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element, and subsequently &lt;br /&gt;
  inside one or more &amp;lt;template&amp;gt; elements for&lt;br /&gt;
  server local repositories that aren&amp;#039;t private and either refer to or define the requested &lt;br /&gt;
  template(s). &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
  @param $id Identifier of the template to retrieve&lt;br /&gt;
  @param $flexibility () gets all versions, yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss gets this specific version, ...&lt;br /&gt;
  @return Matching templates in &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
 declare function templ:getTemplateById (&lt;br /&gt;
   $id as xs:string, &lt;br /&gt;
   $flexibility as xs:string?&lt;br /&gt;
 ) as element(return) &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    ...&lt;br /&gt;
 };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6791</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6791"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:30:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Copyright statement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Due to legal stuff, every module and script  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;must&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; start with  copyright info. Put this directly below the descriptive comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 (: &lt;br /&gt;
  Copyright © ART-DECOR Expert Group and ART-DECOR Open Tools&lt;br /&gt;
  See https://art-decor.org/mediawiki/index.php?title=Copyright&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the&lt;br /&gt;
  GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version&lt;br /&gt;
  2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY;&lt;br /&gt;
  without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.&lt;br /&gt;
  See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  The full text of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/lesser.html&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* You&amp;#039;re allowed to use &amp;lt; and &amp;gt; within the comments, so you can write element names with angle brackets&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Module for handling templates in ART-DECOR.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  A template is a ... that ... and ... etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Return zero or more templates as-is wrapped in a &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element, and subsequently &lt;br /&gt;
  inside one or more &amp;lt;template&amp;gt; elements for&lt;br /&gt;
  server local repositories that aren&amp;#039;t private and either refer to or define the requested &lt;br /&gt;
  template(s). &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
  @param $id Identifier of the template to retrieve&lt;br /&gt;
  @param $flexibility () gets all versions, yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss gets this specific version, ...&lt;br /&gt;
  @return Matching templates in &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
 declare function templ:getTemplateById (&lt;br /&gt;
   $id as xs:string, &lt;br /&gt;
   $flexibility as xs:string?&lt;br /&gt;
 ) as element(return) &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    ...&lt;br /&gt;
 };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6790</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6790"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:28:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Basic rules and limitations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* You&amp;#039;re allowed to use &amp;lt; and &amp;gt; within the comments, so you can write element names with angle brackets&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Module for handling templates in ART-DECOR.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  A template is a ... that ... and ... etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Return zero or more templates as-is wrapped in a &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element, and subsequently &lt;br /&gt;
  inside one or more &amp;lt;template&amp;gt; elements for&lt;br /&gt;
  server local repositories that aren&amp;#039;t private and either refer to or define the requested &lt;br /&gt;
  template(s). &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
  @param $id Identifier of the template to retrieve&lt;br /&gt;
  @param $flexibility () gets all versions, yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss gets this specific version, ...&lt;br /&gt;
  @return Matching templates in &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
 declare function templ:getTemplateById (&lt;br /&gt;
   $id as xs:string, &lt;br /&gt;
   $flexibility as xs:string?&lt;br /&gt;
 ) as element(return) &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    ...&lt;br /&gt;
 };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6789</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6789"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:28:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Basic rules and limitations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* You&amp;#039;re allowed to use &amp;lt; and &amp;gt; with the comments&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Module for handling templates in ART-DECOR.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  A template is a ... that ... and ... etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Return zero or more templates as-is wrapped in a &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element, and subsequently &lt;br /&gt;
  inside one or more &amp;lt;template&amp;gt; elements for&lt;br /&gt;
  server local repositories that aren&amp;#039;t private and either refer to or define the requested &lt;br /&gt;
  template(s). &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
  @param $id Identifier of the template to retrieve&lt;br /&gt;
  @param $flexibility () gets all versions, yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss gets this specific version, ...&lt;br /&gt;
  @return Matching templates in &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
 declare function templ:getTemplateById (&lt;br /&gt;
   $id as xs:string, &lt;br /&gt;
   $flexibility as xs:string?&lt;br /&gt;
 ) as element(return) &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    ...&lt;br /&gt;
 };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6788</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6788"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:27:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Function comments */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Module for handling templates in ART-DECOR.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  A template is a ... that ... and ... etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Return zero or more templates as-is wrapped in a &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element, and subsequently &lt;br /&gt;
  inside one or more &amp;lt;template&amp;gt; elements for&lt;br /&gt;
  server local repositories that aren&amp;#039;t private and either refer to or define the requested &lt;br /&gt;
  template(s). &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
  @param $id Identifier of the template to retrieve&lt;br /&gt;
  @param $flexibility () gets all versions, yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss gets this specific version, ...&lt;br /&gt;
  @return Matching templates in &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
 declare function templ:getTemplateById (&lt;br /&gt;
   $id as xs:string, &lt;br /&gt;
   $flexibility as xs:string?&lt;br /&gt;
 ) as element(return) &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    ...&lt;br /&gt;
 };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6787</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6787"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:27:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Function comments */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Module for handling templates in ART-DECOR.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  A template is a ... that ... and ... etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Return zero or more templates as-is wrapped in a &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element, and subsequently inside one or more &amp;lt;template&amp;gt; elements for&lt;br /&gt;
  server local repositories that aren&amp;#039;t private and either refer to or define the requested template(s). &lt;br /&gt;
     &lt;br /&gt;
  @param $id Identifier of the template to retrieve&lt;br /&gt;
  @param $flexibility () gets all versions, yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss gets this specific version, ...&lt;br /&gt;
  @return Matching templates in &amp;lt;return&amp;gt; element&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
 declare function templ:getTemplateById (&lt;br /&gt;
   $id as xs:string, &lt;br /&gt;
   $flexibility as xs:string?&lt;br /&gt;
 ) as element(return) &lt;br /&gt;
 {&lt;br /&gt;
    ...&lt;br /&gt;
 };&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6786</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6786"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:24:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Header comments */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example:&lt;br /&gt;
 (:~&lt;br /&gt;
  Module for handling templates in ART-DECOR.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
  A template is a ... that ... and ... etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 :)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6785</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6785"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:21:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Documenting XQuery Modules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules with xqDoc ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6784</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6784"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:21:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Documenting XQuery Scripts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality are implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6783</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6783"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:20:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Documenting XQuery Modules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documenting XQuery Scripts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Big parts of art-decor&amp;#039;s functionality is implemented as XQuery scripts (although these are, confusingly, often in collections called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039;). Unfortunately there is nothing like xqDoc for this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nonetheless the advice is to add at least a descriptive comment at the start of the script that describes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Describes what the script is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* What its (request) parameters are (if any)&lt;br /&gt;
* Other important dependencies (like session parameters, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add version and author information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6782</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6782"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:14:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Function comments */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe all the function&amp;#039;s parameters with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keywords.&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe the function&amp;#039;s return value with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; keyword.&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6781</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6781"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:12:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Documenting XQuery Modules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Header comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line inbetween.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Function comments ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* xqDoc function comments must be placed directly before the function itself (before the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;declare function ...&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the function is for in general terms&lt;br /&gt;
* If the function needs more extensive documentation (e.g. details with lots of XPath expressions or whatever), add this as a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;normal&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment to the function&amp;#039;s body. The xqDoc part will be visible in the function documentation browser and its best to keep things short and concise there. People that are in need of more details usually can and will look into the code anyway.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment does &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;not&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; supports paragraphs of text. The function documentation browser will show all as a single paragraph, no matter how many empty lines you add.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version control system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6780</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6780"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T08:02:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Documenting XQuery Modules */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Documenting XQuery Modules ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]). Modules documented this way automagically show up in the eXist Function Documentation app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic rules and limitations ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;(:~&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and ends with a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* You can start a line inside the xqDoc comment with a colon &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; but its probably easier without and that works just as well.&lt;br /&gt;
* Never us a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; inside a comment (probably the eXist parser thinks its the start of a keyword even when its not the first word of a line). This unfortunately makes it impossible to add XPath expressions with attribute references.&lt;br /&gt;
* Not all keywords are recognized (especially &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@see&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is an unfortunate omission). Best to limit the keyword usage to: &lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@param&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for function parameters&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@return&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for return values&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are also supported but have the tendency to get outdated very soon because people forget to update them. Since this information is automatically maintained by the version control system anyway, advice is not to use them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Header comments ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc header comment must be the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;first&amp;#039;&amp;#039; comment block in an XQuery module (underneath the XQuery declaration &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;xquery version &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
* Describe what the module is for, explain key concepts, etc. Try to write something that a developer with a basic knowledge of art-decor can understand.&lt;br /&gt;
* A module header comment supports paragraphs of text. To start a new paragraph add an empty line.&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;@author&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; information, leave this to the version copntrol system.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6779</id>
		<title>EXist-db coding styleguide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=EXist-db_coding_styleguide&amp;diff=6779"/>
		<updated>2018-10-15T07:38:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Documenting XQuery Modules ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For documenting XQuery &amp;#039;&amp;#039;modules&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (function libraries), eXist supports a subset of the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;xqDoc&amp;#039;&amp;#039; standard (see the&lt;br /&gt;
[http://xqdoc.org/index.html xqDoc site], especially [http://xqdoc.org/xqdoc_comments_doc.html xqDoc comments]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Basic rules and limitations ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* An xqDoc comment starts with a&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6771</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6771"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:45:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Issues */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add actors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Actors tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add two actors by clicking on the +&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Scenarios tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new scenario&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the scenario by clicking on the + left of its name in the tree view on the left. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the default group &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the + at the top of the tree view. This will create a new group.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new group&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Select (in turn) in the tree view the transactions of the group (called Initial and Response) &lt;br /&gt;
## Edit them (by clicking the pencil in top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in some data (label, description, change name)&lt;br /&gt;
## [TBD does not work] Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts. Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets (in Terminology) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Terminology menu (in the top menu bar) and choose Value Sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD does not work] Create a reference&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the &amp;quot;chain&amp;quot; icon above the tree view on the left-hand side&lt;br /&gt;
## Reference &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
## Change the source to ATC, click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
## Add a value by clicking on the + to the left of Values. Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save the value set (When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;REMARK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: To see the newly created value set in the Value Sets screen you have to refresh it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Templates menu (in the top menu bar) and choose the Templates menu entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a template. Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Select a prototype&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work properly now]&lt;br /&gt;
For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Issues menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an issue by clicking on the flag to the right&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a title. &lt;br /&gt;
## Select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in description&lt;br /&gt;
## Assign issue to an author&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6770</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6770"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:45:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Issues */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add actors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Actors tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add two actors by clicking on the +&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Scenarios tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new scenario&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the scenario by clicking on the + left of its name in the tree view on the left. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the default group &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the + at the top of the tree view. This will create a new group.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new group&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Select (in turn) in the tree view the transactions of the group (called Initial and Response) &lt;br /&gt;
## Edit them (by clicking the pencil in top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in some data (label, description, change name)&lt;br /&gt;
## [TBD does not work] Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts. Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets (in Terminology) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Terminology menu (in the top menu bar) and choose Value Sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD does not work] Create a reference&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the &amp;quot;chain&amp;quot; icon above the tree view on the left-hand side&lt;br /&gt;
## Reference &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
## Change the source to ATC, click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
## Add a value by clicking on the + to the left of Values. Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save the value set (When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;REMARK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: To see the newly created value set in the Value Sets screen you have to refresh it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Templates menu (in the top menu bar) and choose the Templates menu entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a template. Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Select a prototype&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work properly now]&lt;br /&gt;
For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Issues menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an issue by clicking on the flag to the right&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a title. &lt;br /&gt;
## Select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in description&lt;br /&gt;
## Assign issue to an author&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6769</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6769"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:41:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Templates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add actors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Actors tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add two actors by clicking on the +&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Scenarios tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new scenario&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the scenario by clicking on the + left of its name in the tree view on the left. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the default group &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the + at the top of the tree view. This will create a new group.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new group&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Select (in turn) in the tree view the transactions of the group (called Initial and Response) &lt;br /&gt;
## Edit them (by clicking the pencil in top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in some data (label, description, change name)&lt;br /&gt;
## [TBD does not work] Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts. Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets (in Terminology) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Terminology menu (in the top menu bar) and choose Value Sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD does not work] Create a reference&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the &amp;quot;chain&amp;quot; icon above the tree view on the left-hand side&lt;br /&gt;
## Reference &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
## Change the source to ATC, click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
## Add a value by clicking on the + to the left of Values. Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save the value set (When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;REMARK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: To see the newly created value set in the Value Sets screen you have to refresh it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Templates menu (in the top menu bar) and choose the Templates menu entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a template. Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Select a prototype&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work properly now]&lt;br /&gt;
For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6768</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6768"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:41:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Templates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add actors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Actors tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add two actors by clicking on the +&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Scenarios tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new scenario&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the scenario by clicking on the + left of its name in the tree view on the left. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the default group &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the + at the top of the tree view. This will create a new group.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new group&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Select (in turn) in the tree view the transactions of the group (called Initial and Response) &lt;br /&gt;
## Edit them (by clicking the pencil in top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in some data (label, description, change name)&lt;br /&gt;
## [TBD does not work] Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts. Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets (in Terminology) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Terminology menu (in the top menu bar) and choose Value Sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD does not work] Create a reference&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the &amp;quot;chain&amp;quot; icon above the tree view on the left-hand side&lt;br /&gt;
## Reference &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
## Change the source to ATC, click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
## Add a value by clicking on the + to the left of Values. Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save the value set (When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;REMARK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: To see the newly created value set in the Value Sets screen you have to refresh it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Templates menu (in the top menu bar) and choose the Templates menu entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a template. Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Select a prototype&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work properly now]&lt;br /&gt;
 For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6767</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6767"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:36:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Value Sets (in Terminology) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add actors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Actors tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add two actors by clicking on the +&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Scenarios tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new scenario&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the scenario by clicking on the + left of its name in the tree view on the left. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the default group &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the + at the top of the tree view. This will create a new group.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new group&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Select (in turn) in the tree view the transactions of the group (called Initial and Response) &lt;br /&gt;
## Edit them (by clicking the pencil in top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in some data (label, description, change name)&lt;br /&gt;
## [TBD does not work] Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts. Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets (in Terminology) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Terminology menu (in the top menu bar) and choose Value Sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD does not work] Create a reference&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the &amp;quot;chain&amp;quot; icon above the tree view on the left-hand side&lt;br /&gt;
## Reference &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
## Change the source to ATC, click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
## Add a value by clicking on the + to the left of Values. Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save the value set (When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;REMARK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: To see the newly created value set in the Value Sets screen you have to refresh it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Templates menu (in the top menu bar) and choose the Templates menu entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6766</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6766"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:35:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Templates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add actors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Actors tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add two actors by clicking on the +&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Scenarios tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new scenario&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the scenario by clicking on the + left of its name in the tree view on the left. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the default group &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the + at the top of the tree view. This will create a new group.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new group&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Select (in turn) in the tree view the transactions of the group (called Initial and Response) &lt;br /&gt;
## Edit them (by clicking the pencil in top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in some data (label, description, change name)&lt;br /&gt;
## [TBD does not work] Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts. Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets (in Terminology) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Terminology menu (in the top menu bar) and choose Value Sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD does not work] Create a reference&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the &amp;quot;chain&amp;quot; icon above the tree view on the left-hand side&lt;br /&gt;
## Reference &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
## Change the source to ATC, click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
## Add a value by clicking on the + to the left of Values. Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save the value set (When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;REMARK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: To see the newly created value set in the Value Sets screen you have to refresh it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Templates menu (in the top menu bar) and choose the Templates menu entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6765</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6765"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:34:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Value Sets (in Terminology) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add actors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Actors tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add two actors by clicking on the +&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Scenarios tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new scenario&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the scenario by clicking on the + left of its name in the tree view on the left. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the default group &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the + at the top of the tree view. This will create a new group.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new group&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Select (in turn) in the tree view the transactions of the group (called Initial and Response) &lt;br /&gt;
## Edit them (by clicking the pencil in top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in some data (label, description, change name)&lt;br /&gt;
## [TBD does not work] Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts. Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets (in Terminology) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Terminology menu (in the top menu bar) and choose Value Sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD does not work] Create a reference&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the &amp;quot;chain&amp;quot; icon above the tree view on the left-hand side&lt;br /&gt;
## Reference &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
## Change the source to ATC, click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
## Add a value by clicking on the + to the left of Values. Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save the value set (When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;REMARK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: To see the newly created value set in the Value Sets screen you have to refresh it!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6764</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6764"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:32:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Value Sets in Terminology */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add actors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Actors tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add two actors by clicking on the +&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Scenarios tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new scenario&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the scenario by clicking on the + left of its name in the tree view on the left. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the default group &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the + at the top of the tree view. This will create a new group.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new group&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Select (in turn) in the tree view the transactions of the group (called Initial and Response) &lt;br /&gt;
## Edit them (by clicking the pencil in top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in some data (label, description, change name)&lt;br /&gt;
## [TBD does not work] Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts. Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets (in Terminology) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Terminology menu (in the top menu bar) and choose Value Sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD does not work] Create a reference&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the &amp;quot;chain&amp;quot; icon above the tree view on the left-hand side&lt;br /&gt;
## Reference &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
# Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
## Click on the + above the tree view on the left-hand side. A new window opens.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
## Change the source to ATC, click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
## Add a value by clicking on the + to the left of Values. Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save the value set (When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6763</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6763"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:23:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Scenarios tab */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add actors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Actors tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add two actors by clicking on the +&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Scenarios tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new scenario&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the scenario by clicking on the + left of its name in the tree view on the left. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the default group &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the + at the top of the tree view. This will create a new group.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new group&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Select (in turn) in the tree view the transactions of the group (called Initial and Response) &lt;br /&gt;
## Edit them (by clicking the pencil in top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in some data (label, description, change name)&lt;br /&gt;
## [TBD does not work] Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts. Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[TBD does not work]&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6762</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6762"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:21:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Scenarios */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add actors===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Actors tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add two actors by clicking on the +&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the Scenarios tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new scenario&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the scenario by clicking on the + left of its name in the tree view on the left. &lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the default group &amp;quot;Group&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click on the + at the top of the tree view. This will create a new group.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a name and description for the new group&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
# Select (in turn) in the tree view the transactions of the group (called Initial and Response) &lt;br /&gt;
## Edit them (by clicking the pencil in top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in some data (label, description, change name)&lt;br /&gt;
## [TBD] Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts. Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
## Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6761</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6761"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:09:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Scenarios */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Actors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TBD&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Scenarios tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6760</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6760"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:08:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Datasets */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6759</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6759"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T08:06:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Add concepts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, first click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add the Person concept by clicking on the + &lt;br /&gt;
# Enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to:&lt;br /&gt;
## final (green bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
## Deprecated (Blue bullet, top right)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6758</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6758"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:58:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Datasets */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, first click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Basic dataset changes===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Datasets&amp;quot; tab. Make some basic changes to the test dataset:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
# Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Add concepts===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use the &amp;quot;Concepts Test dataset&amp;quot; tab. Recreate the concept &amp;quot;Person&amp;quot; (and underlying concepts) from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
# For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
# For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
## Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
## Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
## At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
# To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6757</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6757"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:50:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Dataset */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Datasets==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this section, click on the Datasets menu (in the top menu bar).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make some basic changes to the test dataset&lt;br /&gt;
## Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
## Fill in a dataset description&lt;br /&gt;
## Click Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6756</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6756"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:31:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Governance Groups tab */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Make the project member of a governance group (e.g. ART-DECOR) by clicking on the + to the left of the governance group name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6755</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6755"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:28:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Ids tab */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6754</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6754"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:26:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Ids tab */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information: [[ART_Project_Editor#Maintaining_a_local_OID_Registry|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add external an external Id by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the Id (e.g. 1.2.3), Designation (en-US) and some Display name&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6753</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6753"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:22:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Authors tab */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
# Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill in the name of the author user and give it an email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Add external Ids by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the Id, Display name and Designation.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Project_Editor|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6752</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6752"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:21:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Start with clean setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having low level access with admin rights to the underlying eXist database: Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in an name and email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Add external Ids by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the Id, Display name and Designation.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Project_Editor|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6751</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6751"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:20:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A general author account&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having admin access to the underlying eXist database. Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in an name and email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Add external Ids by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the Id, Display name and Designation.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Project_Editor|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6750</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6750"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:16:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Steps to perform for this scenario */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having admin access to the underlying eXist database. Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Modify base project==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login as project administrator and open the test project you just created.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions in this sections are done on the base project&amp;#039;s data, accessible with the row of tabs (General, Copyright, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add or change a description&lt;br /&gt;
# [TBD] Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Copyright tab===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
# Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Authors tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in an name and email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Ids tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Add external Ids by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the Id, Display name and Designation.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Project_Editor|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Governance Groups tab===&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6749</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6749"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:07:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Start with clean setup */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This can be done &amp;#039;&amp;#039;only&amp;#039;&amp;#039; by having admin access to the underlying eXist database. Delete the collection the project&amp;#039;s data resides in. For this test project: /db/apps/decor/data/projects/test&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Project==&lt;br /&gt;
General:&lt;br /&gt;
Add description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Copyright==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Authors==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in an name and email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ids==&lt;br /&gt;
Add external Ids by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the Id, Display name and Designation.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Project_Editor|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Governance==&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6748</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6748"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T07:03:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Create a project test */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After clicking &amp;quot;Create Project&amp;quot; you return on an empty &amp;quot;new project&amp;quot; screen. No indication is given that the project was created successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To verify the project creation, logout as DBA and login as project administrator. You should now see the project in the project&amp;#039;s list menu (the round icon to the left of &amp;quot;Terminology&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Project==&lt;br /&gt;
General:&lt;br /&gt;
Add description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Copyright==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Authors==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in an name and email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ids==&lt;br /&gt;
Add external Ids by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the Id, Display name and Designation.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Project_Editor|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Governance==&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6747</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6747"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T06:58:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Create a project test */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|- &lt;br /&gt;
| Copyright - Contributor || Add your or a random name&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Authors || Add the project administrator as an author&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Project==&lt;br /&gt;
General:&lt;br /&gt;
Add description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Copyright==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Authors==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in an name and email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ids==&lt;br /&gt;
Add external Ids by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the Id, Display name and Designation.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Project_Editor|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Governance==&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6746</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6746"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T06:52:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Create a project test */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
Login as the DBA user. See [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]] for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Name || Test: Vital Signs CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| id || 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906 &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| prefix || test- &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| language || en-US &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Experimental || yes &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Description || Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Dataset name || Test dataset &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Project==&lt;br /&gt;
General:&lt;br /&gt;
Add description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Copyright==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Authors==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in an name and email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ids==&lt;br /&gt;
Add external Ids by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the Id, Display name and Designation.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Project_Editor|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Governance==&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6745</id>
		<title>Testscenario test</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.art-decor.org/index.php?title=Testscenario_test&amp;diff=6745"/>
		<updated>2018-10-01T06:44:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;ESiegel: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is a testscenario for ART-DECOR information standards. During the test an ART-DECOR project is reacreated, based on the demo5 project from ART-DECOR examples (see see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To execute the scenario, you need at least two user accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
# A DBA user for creating the project&lt;br /&gt;
# A Project administrator for populating the project&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Steps to perform for this scenario=&lt;br /&gt;
==Start with clean setup==&lt;br /&gt;
Delete the project if it already exists.&lt;br /&gt;
==Create a project test==&lt;br /&gt;
See: [[ART_maintenance_manual#Creating_a_project]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Name: Test: Vital Signs CDA Document&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
id: 2.16.840.1.113883.2.4.3.11.60.906&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
prefix: test-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
language: en-US&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Experimental: yes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Test: Vital Signs Report Summary CDA Document&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
dataset name: Test dataset&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Project==&lt;br /&gt;
General:&lt;br /&gt;
Add description&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add building block repositories with prefixes &amp;#039;ad1bbr-&amp;#039; &amp;amp; &amp;#039;ad2bbr-&amp;#039; by clicking on the + next to &amp;#039;Repository references&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Copyright==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a Contributer by clicking the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter name and contact information.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a logo from your computer by clicking on add and then browse.&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the correct Copyright years.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Authors==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an author by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in an name and email-address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Ids==&lt;br /&gt;
Add external Ids by clicking on the +.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in the Id, Display name and Designation.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Project_Editor|Project editor manual]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Governance==&lt;br /&gt;
Make the project member of a governance group: see&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check: [[Dealing_with_Governance_Groups|Dealing with governance groups]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dataset==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a version label.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a dataset description, save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add concepts by clicking on the + next to Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Recreate the concept person and underlying concepts from the demo5 project dataset, see [[https://art-decor.org/art-decor/decor-project--demo5-]] or [[https://sourceforge.net/p/artdecor/code-0/HEAD/tree/branches/stable/decor/data/examples/demo5/demo5-decor.xml]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the first concept, enter Description, Source, Rationale, Operationalization, Comment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each concept:&lt;br /&gt;
* Select the right kind of type (group or item) &lt;br /&gt;
* Add a name for the concept.&lt;br /&gt;
* At &amp;#039;Value&amp;#039; select the type&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new Property click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Properties&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Dataset_Editor|Dataset editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Change the dataset status to final, deprecated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Scenarios==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a scenario by clicking the + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name and description and then click save.&lt;br /&gt;
Add a transaction group by clicking on the just made scenario. Then click on the first + next to Scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a name, label and description for one or both transactions.&lt;br /&gt;
Add templates in the concepts section by clicking on the pencil next to the word Template in Concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
Select a template and then choose &amp;#039;Select dynamic&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;Select static&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add Concepts to the added template by clicking on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Concepts&amp;#039;. This pencil is only visible when the Transaction is not in edit mode, so make sure you save the transaction before trying to add concepts.&lt;br /&gt;
To add concepts in the transaction click on the + next to the concepts you want to add.&lt;br /&gt;
Click save and then close the window to go back to the transaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a transaction or transaction group by clicking on it in Scenarios. Then click on the pencil next to the word &amp;#039;Transaction&amp;#039; to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Scenario_Editor|Scenario Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Value Sets in Terminology==&lt;br /&gt;
Create a reference to the &amp;#039;AdministrativeGender&amp;#039; valueset from the bbr.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new valueset.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a value set click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Value sets&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can fill in the Version label, Display Name (mandatory) and Name (mandatory). The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
In Source you have to select and/or add sources. Select ATC, select the correct source from the list and then click Select to activate it.&lt;br /&gt;
In Values you can add by clicking on the + on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a Level en select a Type (L, A, S, D). Also fill in a code (mandatory) and a Display name.&lt;br /&gt;
You can add more values by clicking on the little + next to the just added value. You can also delete a value by clicking on the &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to it.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on save to save the value set. When the save button is not clickable you probably did not fill in one of the mandatory fields. Also check if the &amp;#039;Name&amp;#039; really is only one word and if the Code only contains numbers and dots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a value set by clicking on it in Value Sets. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the value set to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check [[ART_Value_Set_Editor|Value Set Editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Templates==&lt;br /&gt;
To add a template click on the + next to the word &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
A new window opens in which you can select a prototype. For Heart rate choose the CDA Observation template and then click Select.&lt;br /&gt;
Now you can fill in a Version label, Display Name and Name.&lt;br /&gt;
The display name may hold spaces but the Name has to be one word.&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in a description.&lt;br /&gt;
Add an Example by clicking on the little + next to the word.&lt;br /&gt;
Then add or delete xml attributes by clicking the little + or &amp;#039;x&amp;#039; next to the attributes.  &lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Create template&amp;#039; when you&amp;#039;re done. The window will close and you&amp;#039;ll be send back to the &amp;#039;Templates&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can always edit a template by clicking on it in Templates. Then click on the pencil next to the name of the template to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Template_Editor|Template editor manual]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Issues==&lt;br /&gt;
Add an issue: click on the flag on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
Select the correct type (incident, change request, for future consideration, request for information/education) and then fill in a title. Also select the desired priority (Lowest, Low, Normal, High, Highest).&lt;br /&gt;
Lastly you can fill in a description and assign the issue to an author.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on &amp;#039;Save Issue&amp;#039; to save it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Search the just created issue: select the correct status, type and priority and then fill in a search term. There will be searched automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information check the [[ART_Issues|Issue manual]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>ESiegel</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>